यूहन्ना 20:27
27 २७ तब उसने थोमा से कहा, “अपनी उँगली यहाँ लाकर मेरे हाथों को देख और अपना हाथ लाकर मेरे पंजर में डाल और अविश्वासी नहीं परन्तु विश्वासी हो।”
Then
Strongs:
Greek:
εἶτα
Transliteration:
eita
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἶτα
Transliteration:
eita
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
εἶτα adv., denoting sequence; 1) of time; then, next: Mrk.8:25, Luk.8:12, Jhn.13:5 19:27 20:27, 1Ti.3:10, Jas.1:15; before genitive abs, Mrk.4:17; in enumerations, 1Co.15:5 15:7 15:24, 1Ti.2:13. 2) In argument; (a) therefore, then, (b) furthermore: Heb.12:9 (cf. εἶτεν). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἶτα
Transliteration:
eita
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
εἶτα, Ionic dialect εἶτεν (which see, compare ἔπειτα, -εν), adverb, used to denote the Sequence of one act or state upon another: I) of Sequence in time, without any notion of Cause, then, next, πρῶτα μέν, εἶτα. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; soon, presently, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶτα τί τοῦτ; well, what then? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶτα. τότε then. after that, [Refs 5th c.BC+] then, next, then, after that, etc, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; with πάλιν, [Refs]; εἶτ᾽ οὖν also, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) frequently with finite Verb after a participle, expressing surprise or incongruity, and then, and yet, μή μοι προτείνων κέρδος εἶτ᾽ ἀποστέρει [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) to denote Consequence, and so, therefore, accordingly; especially in questions or exclamations to express surprise, indignation, contempt, sarcasm, and the like, and then? and so? κᾆτ᾽ οὐ δέχονται λιτά; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κᾆτα ποῦ᾽ στιν ἡ δίκ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἶτα
Transliteration:
eîta
Pronounciation:
i'-tah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
Definition:
a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover; after that(-ward), furthermore, then; of uncertain affinity
He says
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λέγω
Greek:
λέγει
Transliteration:
legei
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
speak, to speak, speak/ask
Tyndale
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, [in LXX very freq, chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al;] 1) in Hom, to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. 2) In Hdt. and Att, to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol, Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir, Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al; before ὅτι recit, Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al; accusative and inf, Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir, Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al; with prep, πρός, μετά, περί, etc, Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass, Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι, δια- (-μαι), προ, συλ-λέγω). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr, Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, B) pick up, etc: tenses for signification 1 and 11, future λέξω [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future in passive sense λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλεξάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἐλέγμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, aorist ἐλέχθην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; post-[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect εἴλοχα (κατ, συν-), passive εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (see. the compounds); also future λεγήσομαι (συλ-): aorist 2 ἐλέγην (κατ, συν-):—gather, pick up, ὀστέα. λέγωμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, gather for oneself, ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) middle, choose for oneself, pick out, λέξαιτο. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, to be chosen, εἰ. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι [Refs] B.II) count, tell, ἐν δ᾽ ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and in aorist middle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέκτο δ᾽ ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, [Refs]:—passive, μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.b) so, but not frequently, after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κέρδος λ, εἰ. count it gain, that, [Refs]:—middle, λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future middle in passive sense, ἐν τοῖς οὐκέτ᾽ οὖσι λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) recount, tell over, οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Ἀγαμέμνονι. λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —middle, τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθα; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) say, speak, first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future λέξω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 6th c.BC+] and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, [Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect λέλεχα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, future λεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect λέλεγμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] in this sense only in compound δι-): rare in compounds (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the present in most compounds being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the future by ἐρῶ, the aorist by εἶπον, the perfect by εἴρηκα: B.III.1) say, speak, never in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Trag. downwards; of all kinds of oral communications, ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (so in passive, λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of oracles, say, declare, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατά τινος against him, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τά τινος take his part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) with accusative et infinitive, say that, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and usually in later Gr, [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+]participle, λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέξεται ἔχων [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.3) λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, especially κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.4) call by name, ἃς τρέμομεν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with double accusative, call so and so, λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so with τινι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα. εἴπῃ σοι. [NT+4th c.BC+] B.III.6) λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω τ; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority, οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! [Refs]; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news, that is well,[Refs]; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ, you are right, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τί λέγει; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.7) pleonastic, ἔφη λέγων [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.8) at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει, Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. ά, etc; τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε [Refs]; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in roman edicts, Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος. λέγει [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.III.9) wish to say, mean, οὔτοι γυναῖκας ἀλλὰ Γοργόνας λέγω [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοι; what does πρὸ Πύλοιο mean? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap.[Refs]; ἢ πῶς λέγομε; or what do we mean to say? Grg.[Refs]; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγει; [Refs]; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντές φασι. what they can possibly mean by saying, [Refs] you, I mean Cassandra, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is put in apposition with the word to be explained, Ἀντικλείας, τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.9.b) περὶ ἃς (i.e. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.10) ὡς λέγουσι as they say, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, λέγεται it is said, c.accusative et infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι. [Refs]; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] absolutely, as the saying goes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the so-called, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ λ. ὅτι. of whom it is said that, [Refs] B.III.11) of orators, speak (emphatically), λέγειν δεινός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plead one's cause in a court of law, [Refs]; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.12) boast of, tell of, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Poets, sing of, θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας [Refs] B.III.13) recite what is written, λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε [Refs 5th c.BC+] and 10, etc; of lectures, ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος [Refs 2nd c.AD+] (the sense of Latin lego, read, occurs only in the compounds ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι). B.III.14) say or send word by another, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.15) maintain as a thesis, οἱ τὰς ἰδέας λέγοντες [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.16) nominate, Latin dicere [dictatorem], [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Latin lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').)
Strongs > g3004
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
légō
Pronounciation:
leg'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
properly, to "lay" forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas g2036 (ἔπω) and g5346 (φημί) generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while g4483 (ῥέω) is properly to break silence merely, and g2980 (λαλέω) means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean; ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter; a primary verb
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
tō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
to Thomas;
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Θωμᾶς
Greek:
Θωμᾷ·
Transliteration:
Thōma
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
Thomas
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a male PERSON that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
Thomas @ Mat.10.3
Tyndale
Word:
Θωμᾶς
Transliteration:
Thōmas
Gloss:
Thomas
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
θωμᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb: תָּאוֹם, a twin; cf. δίδυμος), Thomas the Apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Jhn.11:16 14:5 20:24-28 21:2, Act.1:13. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Θωμᾶς
Transliteration:
Thōmas
Gloss:
Thomas
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
θωμᾶς, -ᾶ, ὁ (Heb: תָּאוֹם, a twin; cf. δίδυμος), Thomas the Apostle: Mat.10:3, Mrk.3:18, Luk.6:15, Jhn.11:16 14:5 20:24-28 21:2, Act.1:13. (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)
Strongs
Word:
Θωμᾶς
Transliteration:
Thōmâs
Pronounciation:
tho-mas'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
the twin; Thomas, a Christian; Thomas; of Chaldee origin (compare h8380)
do bring
Strongs:
Lexicon:
φέρω
Greek:
φέρε
Transliteration:
phere
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Imperative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly happens - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to bring
Tyndale
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
pherō
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi, also for נָשָׂא, etc;] to bear; 1) to bear, carry: with accusative, Luk.23:26 24:1, Jhn.19:39, Heb.1:3 (see Westc, in l); pass, Act.2:2 27:15, 17 Heb.6:1, 2Pe.1:17-18; of the mind, 2Pe.1:21. 2) to bear, endure: with accusative of thing(s), Heb.12:20 13:13; with accusative of person(s), Rom.9:22. 3) to bring, bring forward: with accusative of person(s), Act.5:16; id. before πρός, Mrk.1:32 2:3 9:17, 19-20; ἐπί, Luk.5:18; with dative, Mrk.7:32 8:22; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.6:27 11:2 12:15, Luk.15:23, Act.4:34, 37 5:2, 2Ti.4:13; id. before πρός, Mrk.11:7; εἰς, Rev.21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mat.14:11, Mrk.6:28; ἀπό, Jhn.21:10; with dative, Mrk.12:15, Jhn.2:8; id. before ὧδε, Mat.14:18 17:17; before φαγεῖν (sc. τι), Jhn.4:33; τ. δάκτυλον (χεῖρα), Jhn.20:27; pass, ἡ χάρις, 1Pe.1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), Heb.9:16; κρίσιν, 2Pe.2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jhn.18:29; αἰτίαν, Act.25:18; αἰτιώματα, Act.25:7, Rec. 4) to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mat.7:18, Mrk.4:8, Jhn.12:24 15:2, 4-5 15:8, 16. 5) to bring, lead: Mrk.15:22, Jhn.21:18, Act.14:13; metaphorically, of a gate (ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Act.12:10 (cf. ἀνα, ἀπο, δια, εἰσ, παρ-εισ, ἐκ, ἐπι, κατα, -παρα, περι, προ, προσ, συν, ὑπο-φέρω). SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from (φέρω) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mat.11:8, al, see word φορέω, and see Tr, Syn., § lviii) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
pherō
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φέρω (Locrian dialect φάρω [ᾰ], [Refs 5th c.BC+], only present and imperfect (late 1 aorist 3rd.pers. plural ἤφεραν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Epic dialect forms, 2nd pers. plural imperative φέρτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive φέρῃσθα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular subjunctive φέρῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive φερέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect ἔφερον, Epic dialect φέρον [Refs]; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον (3rd.pers. plural), [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) future οἴσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect οἰσῶ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural οἰσεῦμες [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural ηοίσοντι [Refs]: the following active forms are not future in sense, imperative οἶσε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural οἰσόντων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive οἴσειν [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect οἰσέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 1 infinitive οἶσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, future οἴσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so Doric dialect οἰσεῖται [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: future passive οἰσθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, perfect προοῖσται [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; compare οἰστέον, οἰστός (ἀν-οιστός). III) from ἐνεγκ- (not found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], and normal in Attic dialect and Trag, also in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 1 ἤνεγκα, and aorist 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic, 1st pers. singular ἤνεγκον [Refs 5th c.BC+], and in composition with Preps; 2nd pers. singular always ἤνεγκας [Refs 5th c.BC+] is answd. by ἤνεγκας σ;); 3rd.pers. singular ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual δι-ηνεγκάτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plural always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν (3rd.pers. plural ἀπ-ήνενκαν [Refs]; δι-ηνέγκομεν is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: imperative, 2nd pers. singular ἔνεγκε [Refs 5th c.BC+] conjecture Pors. in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐνεγκάτω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural ἐξ-ενέγκατε [Refs 5th c.BC+]subjunctive ἐνέγκω common to both forms: optative, 1st pers. singular ἐνέγκαιμι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural ἐνέγκαιτε (ἐνέγκατε codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: infinitive ἐνεγκεῖν [NT+5th c.BC+] (προσ-), etc, found also in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+] (δι-): participle ἐνεγκών [Refs 5th c.BC+] — middle, only ἠνεγκάμην, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ἐξ-), etc. (except imperative ἐνεγκοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἠνέγκω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἠνέγκατο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἠνεγκάμεθα [Refs]; infinitive εἰσ-ενέγκασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: participle ἐνεγκάμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) from ἐνεικ- comes aorist 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in Ionic dialect (but not in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+] and implied elsewhere in passive forms (see. below see):—the endings are those of aorist 1, except in imperative ἔνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐνεικέμεν (variant{ἐνεγκέμεν}) [Refs 8th c.BC+], ἐνείκην (see. below), and participle μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (see. below), compare συνενείκομαι:—1st pers. singular ἀν-ένεικα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἀπ-ένεικας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἤνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect ἔνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐνείκαμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἤνεικαν [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect ἔνεικαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative 2nd pers. singular ἔνεικον [Refs 6th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural, ἐνείκατε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἐνεικάντων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive ἐνεῖκαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐνεικέμεν (see. above); Aeolic dialect ἐνείκην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; participle ἐνείκας [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, 3rd.pers. singular ἀν-ενείκατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἠνείκαντο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle ἐνεικάμενος [Refs 7th c.BC+] IV.2) aorist 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the following dialect forms: 3rd.pers. singular ἤνικε [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἤνικεν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀν-ήνικε [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but ἤνῑκε is probably written for ἤνεικε in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural ἤνικαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular subjunctive ἐνίκει [Refs]; ἐσ-ενίκη, and infinitive ἐσ-ένικαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; participle (dative plural) ἐξ-ενικοῦσι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in later Gr, εἰσ-ήνικα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]:—middle, participle ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.b) Boeotian dialect aorist 1 in 3rd.pers. plural εἴνιξαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 1st pers. singular ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374. V) other tenses: perfect ἐνήνοχα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, future ἐνεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἠνέχθην [Refs 5th c.BC+] and frequently in compounds; Ionic dialect ἀπ-ηνείχθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; (περι-) [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural written ἠνείχτθησαν in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect participle ἐξ-ενειχθείς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Hellenistic ἐνεγχθείς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; in dialects, 3rd.pers. singular indicative ἀπ-ηνίχθη [Refs 4th c.BC+]subjunctive ἐξενιχθῇ[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐν-ενιχθεῖ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; participle (neuter) ἐπ-ενιχθέν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Attic dialect perfect ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται [Refs 5th c.BC+] Ionic dialect ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Attic dialect pluperfect προσ-ενήνεκτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle κατ, μετ-ενηνεγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] cf. Latin fero, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] beran, Sanskrit bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is probably reduplicate ἐγκ- (ἐνεκ- in passive forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cognate with Sanskrit náśati 'attain,' Latin nanciscor, Lithuanian nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- (ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω [Refs 5th c.AD+] A) active, A.I) bear or carry a load, ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; bear (as a device) on one's shield, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ, of a pregnant woman, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have hands clean from blood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄψοφον βάσιν φ. [Refs] A.II) bear, convey, with collateral notion of motion, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρόσω φ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; of horses,[Refs]; of ships, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.b) of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.II.c) lead, direct, τὴν πόλιν [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.2) of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς [Refs 8th c.BC+] is fair for Greece, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) endure, suffer, λυγρά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πημονάς, τύχας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of food, ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (i.e. Ἰσοκράτους) οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) frequently with modal words, πήματα κόσμῳ φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially with an adverb, [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐπόρως (εὐφόρως Brunck) ἐνεγκεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; these phrases are used mostly with accusative of things; also with participle, βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.IV) bring, fetch, εἰ. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, carry or bring with one, or for one's own use, ποδάνιπτρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; fetch, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.IV.2) bring, offer, present, δῶρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] show gratitude to him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against. [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.2.b) ={ἄγω}[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, [Refs]:—middle, τοῦ γονέως ἐφ᾽ ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.IV.3) bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc, work one woe, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a calculation, yield a result, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; produce, adduce, bring forward, παραδείγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.3.b) bring or carry with one, involve, τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.4) μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; report, ἀγήν (breakages) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; enter, book a payment made, [Refs]:—middle, λόγους φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, [NT] A.IV.5) pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δασμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but usually, receive, draw, pay, μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of property, bring in, yield as rent, φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.6) apply, refer, τι ἐπί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, [Refs] A.IV.7) ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψῆφος καθ᾽ ἡμῶν οἴσεται (passive) [Refs 5th c.BC+] appoint or nominate to an office, φ. χορηγόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive [Refs]; ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, [Refs 1st c.BC+]:—middle, choose, adopt, ταύταν φ. βιοτάν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees, φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα[Refs 8th c.BC+]: absolutely, bear fruit, be fruitful, εὖτ᾽ ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι [Refs]; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε (καρπόν add. codices quidam) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of living beings, τόπος ἄνδρας φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]one's country, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or Mother Earth, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: generally, create, form, Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VI) carry off or away, Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a river, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, carry off with one, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεῖπνον φ, of Harpies, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν [Refs]; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἴ τίς κα. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ [Refs]; of a divorced wife, αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν [Refs]; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, θεῶν ἱερά [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle in same sense, ἔναρα [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.3) carry off, gain, especially by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both active and middle, ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in bad sense, μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also, receive one's due, φ. χάριν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a priest's perquisites, φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle (see. ad [near the start]), win for oneself, κῦδος οἴσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, [Refs]; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, [Refs]; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (i.e. ἄεθλα) [Refs]; οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of perquisites, τὸ. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from *φερόνσθω) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, especially to one's own home, τοῦ. πάμπρωτα παρ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) absolutely, of roads or ways, lead to a place, ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί or ἐς θάλασσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν[Refs]; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (i.e. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς) καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VII.2.b) of time, τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VII.3) metaphorically, lead to or towards, be conducive to, ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ᾽ ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impersonal) ταῦτα ποιέειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (i.e. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων) εἰς πολιτείαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VII.3.b) point to, refer to a thing, ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, [Refs]; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to, extends over, [Refs]; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς, the people's opinion inclines to this, that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of, πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; use a word, οὐκ οἶδα καθ᾽ ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; record an event, οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν [Refs 1st c.BC+]passive, πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; absolutely, φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, with accusative et infinitive, τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται are in use, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of literary works, to be in circulation, ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IX) imperative φέρε like{ἄγε}, as adverb, come, now, well, A.IX.1) before another imperative, φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IX.2) before 1st pers. singular or plural of subjunctive used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IX.3) before a rhetorical question, φέρε. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη; [Refs]; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: usually first in a sentence, but τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμε; [Refs] A.IX.4) φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν. come let us see if we can, [Refs] A.IX.5) φέρε with infinitive, suppose, grant that. φ. λέγειν τινά [Refs 1st c.AD+]; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.X) participle neuter τὸ φέρον, as substantive, destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.2) participle φέρων in all genders frequently joined with another Verb: A.X.2.a) to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, [Refs]; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, [Refs]; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα [Refs 5th c.BC+] sometimes translatable by with, ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.2.b) intransitive, in passive sense, to denote unrestrained action, νῦν σε μάλ᾽ οἴω. φέροντα. φιλητεύσειν [Refs]; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ᾽ ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, [Refs 4th c.BC+]hurling themselves, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in the following passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accusative, frequently of the reflexive pronoun, governed by the principal Verb (or perhaps by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (i.e. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς) when I went (or took) and threw myself, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ταύτῃ (i.e. τῇ ὀργῇ) φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.3) ἔκκρισις. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.XI) φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are frequently added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs, δῶκεν. τρίποδα φέρειν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) passive is used in most of the above senses:—special cases: B.I) to be borne or carried involuntarily, especially to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, [Refs]; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply, move, go, ποῖ γᾶς φέρομα; [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; of the excreta, τὰ φερόμενα. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of veins, to be conveyed, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.2) frequently in participle with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of voluntary and impulsive motion, ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) metaphorically, καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc, turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail, οὔτ᾽ ἂν. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ᾽ ἄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of euphonious writing, σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη [Refs 1st c.BC+] B.II.2) behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3) have an opinion, ὅπως ἠνέχθη περὶ τοῦ σφυγμοῦ what his opinion was about, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C) middle: for its chief usages, see above [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
phérō
Pronounciation:
en-eng'-ko
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to "bear" or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows); be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold; a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸν
Transliteration:
ton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
finger
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δάκτυλος
Greek:
δάκτυλόν
Transliteration:
daktulon
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δάκτυλος
Transliteration:
daktulos
Gloss:
finger
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
δάκτυλος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for אֶצְבַּע;] a finger: Mat.23:4, Mrk.7:33, Luk.11:46 16:24, Jhn.8:6, 8 20:25, 27; metaphorically, δ. θεοῦ (cf. Exo.8:19), Luk.11:20. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δάκτυλος
Transliteration:
daktulos
Gloss:
finger
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
δάκτῠλος, ὁ, poetry plural δάκτυλα [Refs 4th c.BC+]: -finger, ἐπὶ δακτύλων συμβάλλεσθαι τοὺς μῆνας to reckon on the fingers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]the thumb, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) οἱ δ. τῶν ποδῶν the toes, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and, without ποδός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μέσος δ. of a monkey, [Refs]; ὁ μείζων δ. the great toe, [Refs 1st c.AD+]. b. of the toes of beasts, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of birds, [Refs] II) a measure of length, finger's breadth, = about 7/10 of an inch, [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Astron, digit, i.e. twelfth part of the sun's or moon's apparent diameter, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) metrical foot, dactyl,?~X?~X, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. κατ᾽ ἵαμβον, diiambus, [Refs 1st c.AD+] III.2) δάκτυλοι, οἱ, a dance, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV) date, fruit of the φοῖνιξ, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2) kind of grape, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.3) ={ἄγρωστις}, [Refs 1st c.AD+] V) Δάκτυλοι Ἰδαῖοι mythical wizards and craftsmen in Crete (or Phrygia, [Refs 1st c.BC+], attached to the cult of Rhea Cybele, [Refs 8th c.BC+] V.2) δ. Ἰδαῖοι, ={γλυκυσίδη}, [Refs 1st c.AD+] V.2.b) fossil found in Crete, [Refs 1st c.AD+] VI) δ. θεοῦ the hand of God, [LXX+NT] compare Boeotian dialect δακκύλιος [Refs]; δατ- = d[ngnull]t, cf. Sanskrit a-datkas 'toothless'.)
Strongs
Word:
δάκτυλος
Transliteration:
dáktylos
Pronounciation:
dak'-too-los
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a finger; finger; probably from g1176 (δέκα)
of you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
σου
Transliteration:
sou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person being spoken or written to that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
your
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
here
Strongs:
Greek:
ὧδε
Transliteration:
hōde
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὧδε
Transliteration:
hōde
Gloss:
here
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
ὧδε, adv., [in LXX for חֲלֹם,פֹּה,הִנֶּה, etc;] 1) prop, of manner, so (Hom, al.). 2) In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place, (a) hither (BL, §25, 2): Mat.8:29, Mrk.11:3, Luk.9:41, Jhn.6:25, al; ἕως ὧδε, Luk.23:5; (b) here: Mat.12:6, Mrk.9:1, Luk.9:33, Jhn.6:9, al; τὰ ὧδε, Col.4:9; opposite to ἐκεῖ, Heb.7:8; ὧδε. ἢ ὧδε (ἐκεῖ), Mat.24:23, Mrk.13:21; metaphorically, here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), 1Co.4:2, Rev.13:10, 18 14:12 17:9. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὧδε
Transliteration:
hōde
Gloss:
here
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
ὧδε, Attic dialect also ὡδί (which see), demonstrative adverb of ὅδε: I) of Manner, in this wise, thus, sometimes so very, so exceedingly, frequently from [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually before the Verb, but after it in [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—in construction ὧδε is answered by ὡς, so, as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by εἰ, δοκῶ μοι ὧδε ἂν μᾶλλον πιθέσθαι σοι, εἴ μοι δείξειας. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with participle, δύαις τε καμφθεὶς ὧδε δεσμὰ φυγγάνω [Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently in Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in later Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.2) of a State or Condition, as it is, πρόμολ᾽ ὧ. come forth just as thou art, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (rightly so taken by [Refs 8th c.BC+]: see below [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.3) of something following, thus, as follows, especially to introduce quoted words, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes referring to what goes before, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) pleonastic, τόσον ὧδ᾽ ἐβόησας [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.5) with genitive, γένους μὲν ἥκεις ὧ. τοῖσδε (where ἥκεις ={προσήκεις}) [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) of Place, hither,compare ὅδε [Refs 3rd c.BC+] denied this usage in [Refs 8th c.BC+] see at {ὧδε}, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; and most of the passages taken in this sense may be referred to signification[Refs], just as you see, see above[Refs]hither seems probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+] hither, are found in Trag. (especially in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in Comedy texts, as ἴτω τις ὧ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὧδε καὶ ὧδε this way and that, [NT+1st c.AD+] II.2) here, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἰσὶν ὧ. πρὸς ἡμᾶς they are here with us, [NT+1st c.AD+] κύπειρος [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὧδε
Transliteration:
hōde
Pronounciation:
ho'-deh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
in this same spot, i.e. here or hither; here, hither, (in) this place, there; from an adverb form of g3592 (ὅδε)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
do see
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἴδω
Greek:
ἴδε
Transliteration:
ide
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to perceive
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Imperative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly should or must happen - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to perceive, see
Tyndale
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eidō
Gloss:
to perceive: see
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, which see), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with present meaning (plpf. as impf; on irregular tense-forms, see App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:13, Mrk.10:19, Jhn.10:4, Rom.7:7, al; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:72, Jhn.1:31, Act.3:16, al; τ. θεόν, 1Th.4:5, Tit.1:16, al; with accusative and inf, Luk.4:41, al; before ὅτι, Mat.9:6, Luk.20:21, Jhn.3:2, Rom.2:2 11:2, al; before quaest. indir, Mat.26:70, Jhn.9:21, Eph.1:18, al; with inf, to know how (cl.), Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Php.4:12, 1Th.4:4, al; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: 1Th.5:12 (but see also ICC on 1Th.4:4). SYN.: see: γινώσκω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eidō
Gloss:
to perceive: see
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἴδω, no active present in use, ὁράω being used:—middle, see.below [Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist 2 εἶδον always in sense of see (so in present and aorist 1 middle, to be seen, i.e. seem): but perfect οἶδα, in present sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, compare (ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Latin videre; with (ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Sanskrit véda, Gothic wait, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] wát 'know'.) A) aorist 2 εἶδον (late εἶδα [Refs 5th c.AD+]aorist to ὁράω, Epic dialect ἴδον, iterative ἴδεσκε [Refs 8th c.BC+], late Aeolic dialect εὔιδον [Refs]; imperative ἴδε (in Attic dialect written as adverb ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετ; subjunctive ἴδω, Epic dialect ἴδωμι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative ἴδοιμ; infinitive ἰδεῖν, Epic dialect ἰδέει; participle ἰδών: hence, future ἰδησῶ [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —middle, aorist 2 εἰδόμην, Epic dialect ἰδόμην, in same sense, poetry, Ionic dialect, and later Prose (with genitive, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; imperative ἰδοῦ (frequently written as adverb ἰδού, ={ἰδέ}); subjunctive ἴδωμα; optative ἰδοίμη; infinitive ἰδέσθα; participle ἰδόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] 1) see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; mark, observe, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in infinitive after substantive or adjective, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 1.b) see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 1.c) see, i.e. experience, νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλόχου κουριδίης. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) look, ἰδεῖν ἐς. look at or towards, [Refs]; πρός. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, [Refs 8th c.BC+] adverb or adjective, ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, [Refs]; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν 'to see in his mind's eye', [Refs 8th c.BC+] 3.b) examine, investigate, [Refs]; consider, ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν [Refs] II) middle, present εἴδομαι, Epic dialect ἐείδεται [Refs 3rd c.BC+], participle ἐειδόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist εἰσάμην, Epic dialect participle ἐεισάμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—only Epic dialect and Lyric poetry, to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; perhaps also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with infinitive, appear or seem to be, τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with infinitive omitted, οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, look like or make a show of, εἴσατ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴσατο δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, [Refs] II.3) strictly middle, with dative, εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: especially in participle, like, εἰδομένη κήρυκι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) perfect, οἶδα I know, used as present: pluperfect ᾔδεα (see. below), I knew, used as imperfect:—perfect οἶδα, Aeolic dialect ὄϊδα [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular οἶδας once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἶσθα elsewhere in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect, etc; in Comedy texts also sometimes οἶσθας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plural, ἴσμεν, Epic dialect, Aeolic dialect, and Doric dialect ἴδμεν, also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἴδαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] were formed Doric dialect 1st pers. singular ἴσᾱμι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἴσατι [Refs]; 1st pers. plural ἴσᾰμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect 3rd.pers. plural subjunctive ἴθθαντι [Refs]; infinitive ϝισάμην[Refs]; participle ἴσας [Refs 5th c.BC+]subjunctive εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural εἰδέωσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect also εἴδω [Refs 8th c.BC+], 1st pers. plural εἰδεῖμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: infinitive εἰδέναι, Epic dialect ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also ἰδέμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: participle εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, Epic dialect also ἰδυῖα, Elean ϝειζώς [Refs]:—pluperfect ᾔδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction ᾔδη [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequently in codices, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also later Attic dialect, accusative to [Refs 5th c.BC+] (variant -εις, - ει), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect also 1st pers. singular ᾔδειν [Refs 4th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ᾔδεις [Refs 5th c.BC+], Ionic dialect ᾐδέατε [LXX+6th c.BC+]; late Epic dialect ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἴσαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—future, in this sense, εἴσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive εἰδησέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] —The aorist and perfect are usually supplied by γιγνώσκ; aorist 1 infinitive εἰδῆσαι is found in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural subjunctive εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No.[Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] know well, be assured of this, [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with genitive, ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him,[Refs 5th c.BC+] be Zeus my witness, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle εἰδώς, absolutely, one who knows, one acquainted with the fact, ἰδυίῃ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) with infinitive, know how to do, οἶδ᾽ ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of drugs, ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 [Refs 5th c.BC+]; learn, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) with participle, to know that such and such is the fact, the participle being in nominative when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in accusative when it is predicate of the Object, τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (i.e. ὄντα) [Refs 4th c.AD+] B.4) less frequently c.accusative et infinitive, πλήθους. ἂν σάφ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with accusative followed by ὡς, ὅτι, etc, οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἰ. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sometimes with ἄν transposed, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε [Refs 5th c.BC+] perhaps no other, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ὅπως I know not how, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.8) οἶδα, ἴσθι are frequently parenthetic, οἶδ᾽ ἐγώ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, πάρειμι δ᾽ ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ᾽ ὅτι (i.e. πάρειμι) I know it well, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+] —οἶσθ᾽ ὅ, οἶσθ᾽ ὡς, with _imperative_, are common in Trag. and Comedy texts, οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἶσθ᾽ ὡς πόησο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οἶσθ᾽. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇ; [Refs]; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]future, οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); [Refs]
Strongs > g1492
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eídō
Pronounciation:
i'-do
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent g3700 (ὀπτάνομαι) and g3708 (ὁράω); properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know; be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot; a primary verb
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὰς
Transliteration:
tas
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Plural Feminine
Grammar:
SPECIFIC female people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
hands
Strongs:
Lexicon:
χείρ
Greek:
χεῖράς
Transliteration:
cheiras
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
hand
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Plural Feminine
Grammar:
female PEOPLE OR THINGS that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheir
Gloss:
hand
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
χείρ, genitive, χειρος (accusative, χεῖραν, 1Pe.5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mat.3:12, Mrk.3:1, Luk.6:6, al. mult; ἡ χ, acting subject, Luk.22:21; pl, Act.17:25 20:34, 1Jn.1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ, Act.7:41, Rev.9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ, 1Co.16:21, Col.4:18, 2Th.3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art, similar to Heb. constructions (Bl, §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ; with genitive (Lft, in l.), Gal.3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Act.7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mrk.6:2, Act.5:12 7:25, al; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mat.4:6, Luk.4:11; ellipse of χ. (ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl, §44, 1), Mat.6:3, al. By meton, for the power or activity of an individual, Mat.17:22, Mrk.9:31, Luk.9:31, Jhn.10:39, Act.12:11, al; metaphorically, of the activity or power of God: Luk.1:66 23:46, Jhn.10:29, Act.11:21 13:11, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheir
Gloss:
hand
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, plural χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penultimate being regularly short, when the ultima is long; dative plural regularly χερσί (χειρσί occurs in codex Vat. of [LXX], and late Inscrr. as [Refs 8th c.BC+], and once in trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χέρεσσι (ν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Doric dialect nominative χέρς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χήρ [Refs 5th c.BC+] (also, ={δίψακος}, Ps.-[Refs 7th c.BC+]:— the hand, whether closed, παχεῖα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in plural where a single hand is meant, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, singular where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; dual joined with plural, ἄμφω χεῖρας [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) hand and arm, arm [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm, ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) of the hand or paw of animals, ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. [LXX]; so of monkeys, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the fore-paws of the hyena, [Refs]; of the bear, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) Special usages: II.1) to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερό; on which hand? [Refs 8th c.BC+] as we say the right, the left). II.2) frequently in dative of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes this dative is added pleonastic by way of emphasis, ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί [Refs] II.3) genitive, by the hand, χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand,[Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) the accusative is used when one takes the hand of a person, χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χεῖράς τ᾽ ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5) other uses of the accusative: II.5.a) in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χ. ἀνατείνειν (see. ἀνατείνω [Refs] II.5.b) τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to reach them one's hand in help, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.c) [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over as a protector, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: less frequently τισι, [Refs] II.5.d) in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.e) χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off, λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.f) χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, [NT] II.6) with Preps: II.6.a) ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, [Refs 1st c.AD+] the current period, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by, [LXX] II.6.b) ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] by hand, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.6.c) διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to have in hand, i. e. under control, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of arms, διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, with participle, to be continually doing, [NT+1st c.AD+] II.6.d) ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to take a matter in hand, undertake it, πρᾶγμ᾽ ἐς χέρας λαβόντ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to come to blows or close quarters with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνιέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (perhaps νομόν) ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (perhaps νομῷ) ἀπόλλυσθαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ [LXX+4th c.BC+]; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.e) ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: from near at hand, at close range, ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀμύνασθαι[Refs 1st c.BC+] tim.4; οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου [LXX]; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] closerange reading, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.6.f) δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει [Refs 8th c.BC+] though found in most codices, was condemned by the critics in Il.[same place], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a gift, ἐν χερσὶ τίθει [Refs]; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in, τὸν γάμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; frequently of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand, ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] [Refs 1st c.AD+]: also in dual, τἀν χεροῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of, [LXX+NT] II.6.g) ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, [LXX] II.6.h) κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (i.e. φερέτω τις), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; (without ὕδωρ) κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: proverbial of that which is easily come by, [Refs 5th c.BC+]at hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in deed or act, κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι [Refs 1st c.BC+]; opposed to συνέσει, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, [LXX] by her side, [Refs] i) μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have in hand, be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] k) λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, [LXX]; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+] l) πρὸ χειρῶν close before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+] m) πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, [Refs 5th c.BC+] n) ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, [Refs 1st c.AD+]extempore, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θοὴ χ, of one throwing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κάρβανος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: to denote wealth or poverty, πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) it is represented as acting of itself, χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.3) plural, in theurgy, name for spiritual powers, αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν [Refs 5th c.AD+] P, compare [same work] in R.[Refs] IV) to denote act or deed, opposed to mere words, in plural, ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μνῆμ᾽ Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.with be active, stirring, opposed to ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, [Refs 8th c.BC+], especially of using the hands in a fight, compare above [Refs], e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] violent measures, force, ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, variant for{κῆρας}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] V) a number, band, body of men, especially of soldiers, χεὶρ μεγάλη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) handwriting, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου [NT]: copy, counterpart of a document, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; deed, instrument, ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VI.b) handiwork of an artist or workman, γλαφυρὰ χ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VII) of any implement resembling a hand: VII.1) a kind of gauntlet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII.2) χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of an anchor, [Refs 1st c.AD+] VII.3) axle-tree, [LXX] VII.4) in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven, χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ [LXX]; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy,[LXX] VII.5) χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII.6) catch of a trigger, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VII.7) instrument of torture, [LXX] VIII) handful, κορώνῃ χεῖρα πρόσδοτε κριθέων [Refs 3rd c.BC+] IX) ointment containing five ingredients, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Armenian jein (dzern), [Refs 2nd c.AD+] dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)
Strongs
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheír
Pronounciation:
khire
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
of Me,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
μου,
Transliteration:
mou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
my
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
do bring
Strongs:
Lexicon:
φέρω
Greek:
φέρε
Transliteration:
phere
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Imperative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly happens - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to bring
Tyndale
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
pherō
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi, also for נָשָׂא, etc;] to bear; 1) to bear, carry: with accusative, Luk.23:26 24:1, Jhn.19:39, Heb.1:3 (see Westc, in l); pass, Act.2:2 27:15, 17 Heb.6:1, 2Pe.1:17-18; of the mind, 2Pe.1:21. 2) to bear, endure: with accusative of thing(s), Heb.12:20 13:13; with accusative of person(s), Rom.9:22. 3) to bring, bring forward: with accusative of person(s), Act.5:16; id. before πρός, Mrk.1:32 2:3 9:17, 19-20; ἐπί, Luk.5:18; with dative, Mrk.7:32 8:22; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.6:27 11:2 12:15, Luk.15:23, Act.4:34, 37 5:2, 2Ti.4:13; id. before πρός, Mrk.11:7; εἰς, Rev.21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mat.14:11, Mrk.6:28; ἀπό, Jhn.21:10; with dative, Mrk.12:15, Jhn.2:8; id. before ὧδε, Mat.14:18 17:17; before φαγεῖν (sc. τι), Jhn.4:33; τ. δάκτυλον (χεῖρα), Jhn.20:27; pass, ἡ χάρις, 1Pe.1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), Heb.9:16; κρίσιν, 2Pe.2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jhn.18:29; αἰτίαν, Act.25:18; αἰτιώματα, Act.25:7, Rec. 4) to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mat.7:18, Mrk.4:8, Jhn.12:24 15:2, 4-5 15:8, 16. 5) to bring, lead: Mrk.15:22, Jhn.21:18, Act.14:13; metaphorically, of a gate (ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Act.12:10 (cf. ἀνα, ἀπο, δια, εἰσ, παρ-εισ, ἐκ, ἐπι, κατα, -παρα, περι, προ, προσ, συν, ὑπο-φέρω). SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from (φέρω) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mat.11:8, al, see word φορέω, and see Tr, Syn., § lviii) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
pherō
Gloss:
to bear/lead
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φέρω (Locrian dialect φάρω [ᾰ], [Refs 5th c.BC+], only present and imperfect (late 1 aorist 3rd.pers. plural ἤφεραν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Epic dialect forms, 2nd pers. plural imperative φέρτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive φέρῃσθα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular subjunctive φέρῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive φερέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect ἔφερον, Epic dialect φέρον [Refs]; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον (3rd.pers. plural), [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) future οἴσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect οἰσῶ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural οἰσεῦμες [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural ηοίσοντι [Refs]: the following active forms are not future in sense, imperative οἶσε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural οἰσόντων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive οἴσειν [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect οἰσέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 1 infinitive οἶσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, future οἴσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so Doric dialect οἰσεῖται [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: future passive οἰσθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, perfect προοῖσται [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; compare οἰστέον, οἰστός (ἀν-οιστός). III) from ἐνεγκ- (not found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], and normal in Attic dialect and Trag, also in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 1 ἤνεγκα, and aorist 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic, 1st pers. singular ἤνεγκον [Refs 5th c.BC+], and in composition with Preps; 2nd pers. singular always ἤνεγκας [Refs 5th c.BC+] is answd. by ἤνεγκας σ;); 3rd.pers. singular ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual δι-ηνεγκάτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plural always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν (3rd.pers. plural ἀπ-ήνενκαν [Refs]; δι-ηνέγκομεν is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: imperative, 2nd pers. singular ἔνεγκε [Refs 5th c.BC+] conjecture Pors. in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐνεγκάτω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural ἐξ-ενέγκατε [Refs 5th c.BC+]subjunctive ἐνέγκω common to both forms: optative, 1st pers. singular ἐνέγκαιμι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural ἐνέγκαιτε (ἐνέγκατε codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: infinitive ἐνεγκεῖν [NT+5th c.BC+] (προσ-), etc, found also in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+] (δι-): participle ἐνεγκών [Refs 5th c.BC+] — middle, only ἠνεγκάμην, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ἐξ-), etc. (except imperative ἐνεγκοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἠνέγκω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἠνέγκατο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἠνεγκάμεθα [Refs]; infinitive εἰσ-ενέγκασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: participle ἐνεγκάμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) from ἐνεικ- comes aorist 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in Ionic dialect (but not in codices [Refs 5th c.BC+] and implied elsewhere in passive forms (see. below see):—the endings are those of aorist 1, except in imperative ἔνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐνεικέμεν (variant{ἐνεγκέμεν}) [Refs 8th c.BC+], ἐνείκην (see. below), and participle μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (see. below), compare συνενείκομαι:—1st pers. singular ἀν-ένεικα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἀπ-ένεικας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἤνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect ἔνεικε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐνείκαμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἤνεικαν [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect ἔνεικαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative 2nd pers. singular ἔνεικον [Refs 6th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural, ἐνείκατε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἐνεικάντων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive ἐνεῖκαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐνεικέμεν (see. above); Aeolic dialect ἐνείκην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; participle ἐνείκας [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, 3rd.pers. singular ἀν-ενείκατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἠνείκαντο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle ἐνεικάμενος [Refs 7th c.BC+] IV.2) aorist 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the following dialect forms: 3rd.pers. singular ἤνικε [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἤνικεν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀν-ήνικε [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but ἤνῑκε is probably written for ἤνεικε in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural ἤνικαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular subjunctive ἐνίκει [Refs]; ἐσ-ενίκη, and infinitive ἐσ-ένικαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; participle (dative plural) ἐξ-ενικοῦσι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in later Gr, εἰσ-ήνικα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]:—middle, participle ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.b) Boeotian dialect aorist 1 in 3rd.pers. plural εἴνιξαν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; 1st pers. singular ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374. V) other tenses: perfect ἐνήνοχα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, future ἐνεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἠνέχθην [Refs 5th c.BC+] and frequently in compounds; Ionic dialect ἀπ-ηνείχθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; (περι-) [Refs]; 3rd.pers. plural written ἠνείχτθησαν in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect participle ἐξ-ενειχθείς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Hellenistic ἐνεγχθείς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; in dialects, 3rd.pers. singular indicative ἀπ-ηνίχθη [Refs 4th c.BC+]subjunctive ἐξενιχθῇ[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐν-ενιχθεῖ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; participle (neuter) ἐπ-ενιχθέν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Attic dialect perfect ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται [Refs 5th c.BC+] Ionic dialect ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Attic dialect pluperfect προσ-ενήνεκτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle κατ, μετ-ενηνεγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] cf. Latin fero, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] beran, Sanskrit bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is probably reduplicate ἐγκ- (ἐνεκ- in passive forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cognate with Sanskrit náśati 'attain,' Latin nanciscor, Lithuanian nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- (ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω [Refs 5th c.AD+] A) active, A.I) bear or carry a load, ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; bear (as a device) on one's shield, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ, of a pregnant woman, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have hands clean from blood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄψοφον βάσιν φ. [Refs] A.II) bear, convey, with collateral notion of motion, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρόσω φ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; of horses,[Refs]; of ships, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.b) of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.II.c) lead, direct, τὴν πόλιν [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.2) of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς [Refs 8th c.BC+] is fair for Greece, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) endure, suffer, λυγρά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πημονάς, τύχας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of food, ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (i.e. Ἰσοκράτους) οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) frequently with modal words, πήματα κόσμῳ φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially with an adverb, [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐπόρως (εὐφόρως Brunck) ἐνεγκεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; these phrases are used mostly with accusative of things; also with participle, βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.IV) bring, fetch, εἰ. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, carry or bring with one, or for one's own use, ποδάνιπτρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; fetch, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.IV.2) bring, offer, present, δῶρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] show gratitude to him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against. [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.2.b) ={ἄγω}[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, [Refs]:—middle, τοῦ γονέως ἐφ᾽ ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.IV.3) bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc, work one woe, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a calculation, yield a result, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; produce, adduce, bring forward, παραδείγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.3.b) bring or carry with one, involve, τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.4) μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; report, ἀγήν (breakages) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; enter, book a payment made, [Refs]:—middle, λόγους φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, [NT] A.IV.5) pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δασμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but usually, receive, draw, pay, μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of property, bring in, yield as rent, φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.6) apply, refer, τι ἐπί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, [Refs] A.IV.7) ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψῆφος καθ᾽ ἡμῶν οἴσεται (passive) [Refs 5th c.BC+] appoint or nominate to an office, φ. χορηγόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive [Refs]; ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, [Refs 1st c.BC+]:—middle, choose, adopt, ταύταν φ. βιοτάν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees, φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα[Refs 8th c.BC+]: absolutely, bear fruit, be fruitful, εὖτ᾽ ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι [Refs]; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε (καρπόν add. codices quidam) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of living beings, τόπος ἄνδρας φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]one's country, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or Mother Earth, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: generally, create, form, Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VI) carry off or away, Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a river, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, carry off with one, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεῖπνον φ, of Harpies, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν [Refs]; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἴ τίς κα. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ [Refs]; of a divorced wife, αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν [Refs]; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, θεῶν ἱερά [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle in same sense, ἔναρα [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.3) carry off, gain, especially by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both active and middle, ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in bad sense, μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also, receive one's due, φ. χάριν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a priest's perquisites, φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle (see. ad [near the start]), win for oneself, κῦδος οἴσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, [Refs]; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, [Refs]; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (i.e. ἄεθλα) [Refs]; οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of perquisites, τὸ. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from *φερόνσθω) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, especially to one's own home, τοῦ. πάμπρωτα παρ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) absolutely, of roads or ways, lead to a place, ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί or ἐς θάλασσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν[Refs]; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (i.e. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς) καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VII.2.b) of time, τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VII.3) metaphorically, lead to or towards, be conducive to, ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ᾽ ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impersonal) ταῦτα ποιέειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (i.e. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων) εἰς πολιτείαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.VII.3.b) point to, refer to a thing, ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, [Refs]; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to, extends over, [Refs]; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς, the people's opinion inclines to this, that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of, πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; use a word, οὐκ οἶδα καθ᾽ ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; record an event, οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν [Refs 1st c.BC+]passive, πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; absolutely, φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, with accusative et infinitive, τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται are in use, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of literary works, to be in circulation, ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IX) imperative φέρε like{ἄγε}, as adverb, come, now, well, A.IX.1) before another imperative, φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IX.2) before 1st pers. singular or plural of subjunctive used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IX.3) before a rhetorical question, φέρε. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη; [Refs]; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: usually first in a sentence, but τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμε; [Refs] A.IX.4) φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν. come let us see if we can, [Refs] A.IX.5) φέρε with infinitive, suppose, grant that. φ. λέγειν τινά [Refs 1st c.AD+]; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.X) participle neuter τὸ φέρον, as substantive, destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.2) participle φέρων in all genders frequently joined with another Verb: A.X.2.a) to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, [Refs]; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, [Refs]; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα [Refs 5th c.BC+] sometimes translatable by with, ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.2.b) intransitive, in passive sense, to denote unrestrained action, νῦν σε μάλ᾽ οἴω. φέροντα. φιλητεύσειν [Refs]; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ᾽ ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, [Refs 4th c.BC+]hurling themselves, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in the following passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accusative, frequently of the reflexive pronoun, governed by the principal Verb (or perhaps by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (i.e. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς) when I went (or took) and threw myself, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ταύτῃ (i.e. τῇ ὀργῇ) φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.X.3) ἔκκρισις. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.XI) φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are frequently added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs, δῶκεν. τρίποδα φέρειν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) passive is used in most of the above senses:—special cases: B.I) to be borne or carried involuntarily, especially to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, [Refs]; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply, move, go, ποῖ γᾶς φέρομα; [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; of the excreta, τὰ φερόμενα. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of veins, to be conveyed, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.2) frequently in participle with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of voluntary and impulsive motion, ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) metaphorically, καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc, turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail, οὔτ᾽ ἂν. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ᾽ ἄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of euphonious writing, σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη [Refs 1st c.BC+] B.II.2) behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3) have an opinion, ὅπως ἠνέχθη περὶ τοῦ σφυγμοῦ what his opinion was about, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C) middle: for its chief usages, see above [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
φέρω
Transliteration:
phérō
Pronounciation:
en-eng'-ko
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to "bear" or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows); be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold; a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὴν
Transliteration:
tēn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
hand
Strongs:
Lexicon:
χείρ
Greek:
χεῖρά
Transliteration:
cheira
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheir
Gloss:
hand
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
χείρ, genitive, χειρος (accusative, χεῖραν, 1Pe.5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mat.3:12, Mrk.3:1, Luk.6:6, al. mult; ἡ χ, acting subject, Luk.22:21; pl, Act.17:25 20:34, 1Jn.1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ, Act.7:41, Rev.9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ, 1Co.16:21, Col.4:18, 2Th.3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art, similar to Heb. constructions (Bl, §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ; with genitive (Lft, in l.), Gal.3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Act.7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mrk.6:2, Act.5:12 7:25, al; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mat.4:6, Luk.4:11; ellipse of χ. (ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl, §44, 1), Mat.6:3, al. By meton, for the power or activity of an individual, Mat.17:22, Mrk.9:31, Luk.9:31, Jhn.10:39, Act.12:11, al; metaphorically, of the activity or power of God: Luk.1:66 23:46, Jhn.10:29, Act.11:21 13:11, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheir
Gloss:
hand
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, plural χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penultimate being regularly short, when the ultima is long; dative plural regularly χερσί (χειρσί occurs in codex Vat. of [LXX], and late Inscrr. as [Refs 8th c.BC+], and once in trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χέρεσσι (ν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Doric dialect nominative χέρς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χήρ [Refs 5th c.BC+] (also, ={δίψακος}, Ps.-[Refs 7th c.BC+]:— the hand, whether closed, παχεῖα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in plural where a single hand is meant, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, singular where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; dual joined with plural, ἄμφω χεῖρας [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) hand and arm, arm [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm, ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) of the hand or paw of animals, ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. [LXX]; so of monkeys, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the fore-paws of the hyena, [Refs]; of the bear, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) Special usages: II.1) to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερό; on which hand? [Refs 8th c.BC+] as we say the right, the left). II.2) frequently in dative of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes this dative is added pleonastic by way of emphasis, ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί [Refs] II.3) genitive, by the hand, χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand,[Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) the accusative is used when one takes the hand of a person, χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χεῖράς τ᾽ ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5) other uses of the accusative: II.5.a) in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χ. ἀνατείνειν (see. ἀνατείνω [Refs] II.5.b) τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to reach them one's hand in help, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.c) [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over as a protector, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: less frequently τισι, [Refs] II.5.d) in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.e) χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off, λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5.f) χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, [NT] II.6) with Preps: II.6.a) ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, [Refs 1st c.AD+] the current period, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by, [LXX] II.6.b) ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] by hand, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.6.c) διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to have in hand, i. e. under control, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of arms, διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, with participle, to be continually doing, [NT+1st c.AD+] II.6.d) ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to take a matter in hand, undertake it, πρᾶγμ᾽ ἐς χέρας λαβόντ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to come to blows or close quarters with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνιέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (perhaps νομόν) ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (perhaps νομῷ) ἀπόλλυσθαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ [LXX+4th c.BC+]; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.e) ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: from near at hand, at close range, ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀμύνασθαι[Refs 1st c.BC+] tim.4; οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου [LXX]; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] closerange reading, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.6.f) δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει [Refs 8th c.BC+] though found in most codices, was condemned by the critics in Il.[same place], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a gift, ἐν χερσὶ τίθει [Refs]; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in, τὸν γάμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; frequently of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand, ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] [Refs 1st c.AD+]: also in dual, τἀν χεροῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of, [LXX+NT] II.6.g) ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, [LXX] II.6.h) κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (i.e. φερέτω τις), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; (without ὕδωρ) κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: proverbial of that which is easily come by, [Refs 5th c.BC+]at hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in deed or act, κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι [Refs 1st c.BC+]; opposed to συνέσει, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, [LXX] by her side, [Refs] i) μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have in hand, be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] k) λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, [LXX]; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+] l) πρὸ χειρῶν close before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+] m) πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, [Refs 5th c.BC+] n) ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, [Refs 1st c.AD+]extempore, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θοὴ χ, of one throwing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κάρβανος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: to denote wealth or poverty, πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) it is represented as acting of itself, χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.3) plural, in theurgy, name for spiritual powers, αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν [Refs 5th c.AD+] P, compare [same work] in R.[Refs] IV) to denote act or deed, opposed to mere words, in plural, ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μνῆμ᾽ Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.with be active, stirring, opposed to ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, [Refs 8th c.BC+], especially of using the hands in a fight, compare above [Refs], e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] violent measures, force, ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, variant for{κῆρας}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] V) a number, band, body of men, especially of soldiers, χεὶρ μεγάλη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) handwriting, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου [NT]: copy, counterpart of a document, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; deed, instrument, ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VI.b) handiwork of an artist or workman, γλαφυρὰ χ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VII) of any implement resembling a hand: VII.1) a kind of gauntlet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII.2) χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of an anchor, [Refs 1st c.AD+] VII.3) axle-tree, [LXX] VII.4) in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven, χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ [LXX]; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy,[LXX] VII.5) χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII.6) catch of a trigger, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VII.7) instrument of torture, [LXX] VIII) handful, κορώνῃ χεῖρα πρόσδοτε κριθέων [Refs 3rd c.BC+] IX) ointment containing five ingredients, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Armenian jein (dzern), [Refs 2nd c.AD+] dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)
Strongs
Word:
χείρ
Transliteration:
cheír
Pronounciation:
khire
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
of you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
σου
Transliteration:
sou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person being spoken or written to that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
your
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
do put [it]
Strongs:
Lexicon:
βάλλω
Greek:
βάλε
Transliteration:
bale
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to throw
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Imperative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly should or must happen - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
put, to throw, put/lie
Tyndale
Word:
βάλλω
Origin:
a Meaning of g906G
Transliteration:
ballō
Gloss:
to throw: put
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
βάλλω, [in LXX for נפל, שׂום, ידד, etc;] prop, of a weapon or missile; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaphorically, to throw, cast, put, place: with accusative, before εἰς, Mat.4:18, and frequently ἐπί, Mat.10:34; κάτω, Mat.4:6; ἔξω, Mat.5:13; ἀπό, Mat.5:29; ἐκ, Mrk.12:44; δρέπανον, Rev.14:19; μάχαιραν, Mat.10:34; κλῆρον, Mat.27:35; of fluids, to pour: Mat.9:17, Jhn.13:5; pass, to be laid, to lie ill: Mat.9:2; ἐβλήθη (timeless aor, M, Pr., 134), Jhn.15:6; intrans, to rush (Bl, §53, 1): Act.27:14. Metaphorical, β. εἰς τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.13:2 (cf. usage in π, without idea of violence; also of liquids; MM, Exp., x; see also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. ἀμφι, ἀνα, ἀντι, ἀπο, δια, ἐκ, ἐμ, παρ-εμ, ἐπι, κατα, μετα, παρα, περι, προ, συμ, ὑπερ, ὑπο-βάλλω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
βάλλω
Origin:
a Meaning of g906G
Transliteration:
ballō
Gloss:
to throw: put
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
βάλλω, future βᾰλῶ (in Attic dialect Prose only in compounds), Ionic dialect βαλέω [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist 2 ἔβᾰλον, Ionic dialect προ-βάλεσκε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later aorist 1 ἔβαλα [LXX]; Epic dialect and Ionic dialect infinitive βαλέειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative βλείης in [Refs 5th c.BC+], participle βλείς [Refs]perfect βέβληκα: pluperfect ἐβεβλήκειν, Epic dialect βεβλήκειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, Ionic dialect imperfect βαλλέσκετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]future βᾰλοῦμαι (προ-) [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist 2 ἐβᾰλόμην, Ionic dialect imperative βαλεῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] used mostly in compounds:—passive, future βληθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle δια-βεβλησόμενος [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: aorist ἐβλήθην [Refs 8th c.BC+] also has an Epic dialect aorist passive, ἔβλητο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive βλήεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative βλῇο or βλεῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive βλῆσθαι [Refs]; participle βλήμενος [Refs]perfect βέβλημαι, Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural βεβλήαται [Refs] (but 3rd.pers. singular [Refs 5th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐβεβλήμην (περι-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural περι-εβεβλέατο [Refs 5th c.BC+] — _Epic dialect_ perfect βεβόλημαι in special sense, see at {βολέω}. A) active, throw: I) with accusative of person or thing aimed at, throw so as to hit, hit with a missile, frequently opposed to striking with a weapon in the hand, βλήμενος ἠὲ τυπείς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so even in ἐγγύθεν ἐλβὼν βεβλήκει. δουρί [Refs]; but later opposed to τοξεύειν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so τὸν δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς κατὰ λαιμὸν. βάλεν ἰῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also βάλε Τυδεΐδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα smote upon it, [Refs] I.2) less frequently of things, ἡνίοχον κονίης ῥαθάμιγγες ἔβαλλον [Refs]; of drops of blood,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the sun, ἀκτῖσιν ἔβαλλεν [θάμνους] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (so passive, σελήνη. δι᾽ εὐτρήτων βαλλομένη θυρίδων [Refs 1st c.BC+]; strike the senses, of sound, ἵππων ὠκυπόδων ἀμφὶ κτύπος οὔατα βάλλει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of smell, ὀσμὴ β. τινά [Refs] I.3) metaphorically, β. τινὰ κακοῖς, φθόνῳ, ψόγῳ, smite with reproaches, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (hence metaphorically, praise, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) with accusative of the weapon thrown, cast, hurl, of missiles, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, of the weapon, throw or shoot with a thing, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα χερμαδίοισι. βάλλον [Refs 8th c.BC+] throw at one, [Refs 5th c.BC+] hitting the mark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) generally of anything thrown, εἰς ἅλα λύματ᾽ ἔβαλλον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὐνὰς β. throw out the anchor-stones, [Refs]; β. σπόρον cast the seed, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]manure, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: metaphorically, ὕπνον. ἐπὶ βλεφάροις β. [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2.b) of persons, β. τινὰ ἐν κονίῃσιν, ἐν δαπέδῳ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, ὑπὸ χλαίνῃ βεβλημένος [Refs 1st c.BC+]on a sick-bed, [NT+8th c.BC+]; β. τινὰ ἐς ἔχθραν, ἐς φόβον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν αἰτίᾳ or αἰτίᾳ β. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) let fall, ἑτέρωσε κάρη βάλεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; β. τοὺς ὀδόντας cast, shed them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so βάλλειν alone,[Refs] II.4) of the eyes, ἑτέρωσε βάλ᾽ ὄμματα cast them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] aiming at, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; βαλὼν πρὸς αὐτό directing one's gaze at, [Refs] II.5) of animals, push forward or in front, τοὺς σοὺς [ἵππους] πρόσθε βαλών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πλήθει πρόσθε βαλόντες (i.e. ἵππους)[Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.6) in a looser sense, put, place, with or without a notion of haste, τὼ μὲν. βαλέτην ἐν χερσὶν ἑταίρων [NT+8th c.BC+]; β. πλίνθους lay bricks, [Refs]; pour, οἶνον εἰς ἀσκούς [NT+1st c.AD+]: metaphorically, ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βάλε ποιμένι λαῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅπως. φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν may put friendship between them,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; but also θυμῷ, ἐς θυμὸν β, lay to heart, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.b) especially of putting round, ἀμφ᾽ ὀχέεσσι θοῶς βάλε καμπύλα κύκλα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of clothes or arms, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ Ἀθήνη ὤμοις. βάλ᾽ αἰγίδα [Refs]; put on, φαιὰ ἱμάτια [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.6.c) place money on deposit, ἀργύριον τοῖς τραπεζίταις [NT] II.6.d) pay, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.7) of dice, throw, τρὶς ἓξ βαλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] absolutely, by its throw, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: metaphorically, εὖ or καλῶς βάλλειν to be lucky, successful, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) intransitive, fall, ποταμὸς Μινυήϊος εἰς ἅλα βάλλων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄνεμος κατ᾽ αὐτῆς (i.e. νεώς) ἔβαλε [NT]; [ἵππους] περὶ τέρμα βαλούσας having run round the post, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγὼ δὲ. τάχ᾽ ἐν πέδῳ βαλῶ (i.e. ἐμαυτήν) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λίμνηθεν ὅτ᾽ εἰς ἁλὸς οἶδμα βάλητε arrive at, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἴσω β. enter a river's mouth, Oracle texts cited in [Refs 1st c.BC+]; βαλὼν κάθευδε lie down and sleep, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τί οὖν, οὐ ῥέγκω βαλών[Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2) in familiar language, βάλλ᾽ ἐς κόρακας away with you! be hanged! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) middle, put for oneself, ὡς ἐνὶ θυμῷ βάλλεαι that thou may'st lay it to heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς or ἐπὶ νοῦν, εἰς μνήμην, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν βαλόμενοι on their own responsibility, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑτέρως ἐβάλοντο θεοί, see l. for ἐβόλοντο in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) τόξα or ξίφος ἀμφ᾽ ὤμοισιν βάλλεσθαι throw about one's shoulder, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) ἐς γαστέρα βάλλεσθαι γόνον conceive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.4) lay as foundation, κρηπῖδα βαλέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, lay the foundations of, begin to form, οἰκοδομίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply, build, ἱερὸν περί τι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; β. ἄγκυραν cast anchor, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) rarely, χρόα βάλλεσθαι λουτροῖς dash oneself with water, bathe, [Refs 5th c.BC+] Root g[uglide]el- 'throw', Sanskritgalati 'trickle', OHG. quellan 'spurt up', Lithuanian gulēti 'lie'.)
Strongs > g906
Word:
βάλλω
Transliteration:
bállō
Pronounciation:
bal'-lo
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense); arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust; a primary verb
into
Strongs:
Greek:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
εἰς, prep. with accusative, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative). I. Of place. 1) After verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al; (with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al; (d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14; (e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ, Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. 2) Of direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al; (b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al. 3) After verbs of rest; (a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl; see WM, 516; Bl, §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al; (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl, M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al. II. Of time, for, unto; 1) accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ, Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al. 2) Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23. IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl, but more frequently in late Gk, εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss, BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1. V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl, §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: I) OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν [Refs]; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, [Refs], etc; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), [Refs], etc; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, [Refs]; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε [LXX+1st c.BC+]: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) elliptical usages, I.4.a) after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.c) with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, [Refs]; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a rich man's house, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) OF TIME, II.1) to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, [Refs]towards or near sunset,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] against the time when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς πότ; until when? how long? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ until, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; within the year,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, [Refs]; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τέλος at last, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] at that time (in the future), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. III) to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, [Refs 4th c.BC+] thrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of round numbers, about, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, [LXX] III.4) IV) to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.b) of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. IV.2) in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc, see at {τελέω}. IV.3) of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, [Refs]; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς, to end in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη [LXX]; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην [LXX+NT] V.2) of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of expenditure on an object, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην [Refs 8th c.BC+] put after its case, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Pronounciation:
ice
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases; (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with; a primary preposition
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὴν
Transliteration:
tēn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
side
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πλευρά
Greek:
πλευράν
Transliteration:
pleuran
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πλευρά
Transliteration:
pleura
Gloss:
side
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
πλευρά, -ᾶς, ἡ [in LXX (frequently pl. as in Hom.) chiefly for צֵלָע;] the side: Mat.27:49 ([[WH]] R, mg.), Jhn.19:34 20:20, 25 20:27 Act.12:7. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πλευρά
Transliteration:
pleura
Gloss:
side
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
πλευρ-ά, ᾶς, ἡ, ={πλευρόν}, rib, rare in singular, βοὸς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: plural, ribs, [Refs] 2) plural, generally, side of a man or animal, ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπὶ πλευρὰς κατακείμενος, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε ὕπτιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of both sides, ἀνὰ πλευράς τε καὶ ὤμους [Refs 8th c.BC+]: singular, also, of one side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; a side of beef, etc, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: the plural form is variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) side, of things and places, νηὸς πλευραί [Refs 6th c.BC+]; [Πακτωλοῦ] [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of an army, αἱ π. τοῦ πλαισίου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ π, opposed to κατὰ κεφαλήν, [Refs] III) in Mathematics texts, side of a triangle or other figure, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.b) side of a rectangle, [Refs]one factor of any product, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.c) side of a square of cube, and root of a square of cubic number, [Refs]; κυβικὴ π. cube root, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III.d) generator of a cone or cylinder, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πλευρά
Transliteration:
pleurá
Pronounciation:
plyoo-rah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
a rib, i.e. (by extension) side; side; of uncertain affinity
of Me,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
μου,
Transliteration:
mou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
my
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μή
Greek:
μὴ
Transliteration:
mē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.
Strongs
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mḗ
Pronounciation:
may
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)
do be
Strongs:
Lexicon:
γίνομαι
Greek:
γίνου
Transliteration:
ginou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Imperative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that certainly happens - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)
Strongs
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
gínomai
Pronounciation:
ghin'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb
unbelieving
Strongs:
Greek:
ἄπιστος
Transliteration:
apistos
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἄπιστος
Transliteration:
apistos
Gloss:
unbelieving
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἄ-πιστος, -ον (ἀ- neg, πιστός) [in LXX: Pro.17:6 28:25, Isa.17:10 *;] (a) of things, incredible: Act.26:8; (b) of persons, without faith or trust, unbelieving: Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Luk.9:41 12:46, Jhn.20:27, Tit.1:15, Rev.21:8; specif, of unbelievers as opposite to Christians: 1Co.6:6 7:12-15 10:27 14:22-24, 2Co.4:4 6:14-15, 1Ti.5:8 (cf. Lft, Notes, 265; Cremer, 491). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄπιστος
Transliteration:
apistos
Gloss:
unbelieving
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἄπιστος, ον, I) passive, not to be trusted, and so: I.1) of persons and their acts, not trusty, faithless, ὑπερφίαλοι καὶ ἄ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; δολοπλοκίαι[Refs 6th c.BC+]mistrusted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θράσει ἀ. ἐπαιρόμενος by untrustworthy, groundless confidence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; shifty, unreliable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of reports and the like, incredible, uncertain in [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐλπίδων ἄ. undreamed of even in hope, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: comparative -ότερος, λόγος[Refs 4th c.BC+]: superlative, πίστις ἀπιστοτάτη[Refs 5th c.BC+] II) active, mistrustful, incredulous, suspicious, θυμὸς δέ τοι αἰὲν ἄ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]less credulous, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄ. πρὸς Φίλιππον distrustful towards him, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἄ. εἶ. σαυτῷ you do not believe what you say yourself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἄ, ={ἀπιστία}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.b) in NT, unbelieving, [NT] II.2) disobedient, disloyal, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχειν ἄπιστον. ἀναρχίαν πόλει, i.e. ἀναρχίαν ἔχειν ἀπειθοῦσαν τῇ πόλει,[Refs 5th c.BC+] III) adverb ἀπίστως: III.1) passive, beyond belief, ἀ. ἐπὶ τὸ μυθῶδες ἐκνενικηκότα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀ. not incredibly, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2) active, distrustfully, suspiciously, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2.b) treacherously, [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἄπιστος
Transliteration:
ápistos
Pronounciation:
ap'-is-tos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
but
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀλλά
Greek:
ἀλλὰ
Transliteration:
alla
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά (ἀλλ᾽ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf, Pr., 93 f; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Rom.3:31); 1) opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ). ἀ, Mat.5:15, 17 Mrk.5:39, Jhn.7:16, al; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ. ἀ, not so much. as, Mrk.9:37, Mat.10:20, Jhn.12:44, al; with ellipse of the negation, Mat.11:7-9, Act.19:2, 1Co.3:6 6:11 7:7, 2Co.7:1, Gal.2:3, al; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mat.24:6, 1Co.10:23; οὐ μόνον. ἀ. καί, Jhn.5:18, Rom.1:32, al; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mrk.14:49, Jhn.1:8 9:3, al; = εἰ μή (Bl, §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mat.20:23, Mrk.4:22. 2) Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc, but: Jhn.16:20 12:27, Gal.2:14; before commands or requests, Act.10:20 26:16, Mat.9:18, Mrk.9:22, al; to introduce an accessory idea, 2Co.7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mrk.14:29, 1Co.9:2, 2Co.4:16, Col.2:5, al; after μέν, Act.4:17, Rom.14:20, 1Co.14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc, Jhn.16:2; so with neg, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Luk.23:15. 3) Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄ ἤ, save only, except, Luk.12:51, 2Co.1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Php.3:8 (on this usage, see MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά, conjunction, originally neuter plural of ἄλλος, otheruise: used adversatively to limit or oppose words, sentences, or clauses, stronger than δέ: I) in simple oppositions, but, I.1) after negative clauses, οὐ κακός, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθός[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1.b) after a simple negative, ἦ παραφρονεῖ; οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος μ᾽ ἔχει[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.c) frequently after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or without καί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκις[Refs 5th c.BC+], either, not only. but, μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; or, not only not. but, οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ. περιόψεσθε[Refs 5th c.BC+]; the negative form is ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ δίκην εἴρηκα[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2) in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least, εἴπερ γάρ τε. ἀλλά τε[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ μή (i.e. ὁρῶ), ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούω γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+] may be in juxtaposition, εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμί[NT+8th c.BC+]; εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ᾽ ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε. if then now at least ye still, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—without an adverb of Time, at least, ἡ δ᾽ ἀ. πρός σε μικρὸν εἰπάτω μόνον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) sometimes = ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (which see), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ. τοκῆε no one else, but, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: compare reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sometimes with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) with negative after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not, ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) without negative, μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητής[Refs 8th c.BC+] II) to oppose whole sentences,but, yet: II.1) frequently in transitions, as [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. οὐδ᾽ ὥς. [Refs 8th c.BC+] in answers and objections, nay but, well but, frequently with negatives, especially in making and answering objections, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in affirmative answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι; ἀ. ἀπῄτου; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενο; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, answered by ἀ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with imperative or subjunctive, to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; answered by a second ἀ, ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to break off a subject abruptly, ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) in resuming an address after parenthesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.5) in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ, οὐ μέντοι ἀ. it is not [so], but, ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as, III.1) ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα, used by [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later, to introduce an objection, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions,ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα; [Refs] III.2) ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, concessive, at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; well then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but then, however, with γε following, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) ἀλλὰ γάρ, frequently with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, but this is irregular for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for the regular order[Refs 8th c.BC+] only with negatives, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) ἀ. εἰ. quid si? [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.5) ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομε; [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.6) ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle, ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλά τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, see at {μή; ἀ. δή}, mostly with words between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; without intervening words, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) = et quidem, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
allá
Pronounciation:
al-lah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations); and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet; neuter plural of g243 (ἄλλος)
believing.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πιστός
Greek:
πιστός.
Transliteration:
pistos
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
faithful
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πιστός
Transliteration:
pistos
Gloss:
faithful
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective OR Adverb
Definition:
πιστός, -ή, -όν (πείθω), [in LXX chiefly for אָמַן;] I. Pass, to be trusted or believed; 1) of persons, trusty, faithful : Mat.24:45 25:21, 23 Luk.12:42, Act.16:15, 1Co.4:2 4:17 7:25, Eph.1:1 6:21, Col.1:2, 7 4:7, 9, 1Ti.1:12, 2Ti.2:2, Heb.2:17 3:2, 5, 1Pe.5:12, Rev.2:13 19:11; of God, 1Co.1:9 10:13, 2Co.1:18, 1Th.5:24, 2Th.3:3, Heb.10:23 11:11, 2Ti.2:13, 1Jn.1:9, 1Pe.4:19; before ἐν, Luk.16:10-12 19:17, 1Ti.3:11; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.25:23; ἄχρι θανάτου, Rev.2:10; ὁ μάρτυς ὁ π, Rev.1:5; id. καὶ ἀληθινός, Rev.3:14. 2) Of things, trustworthy, reliable, sure: Act.13:34, 1Ti.1:15 3:1 4:9, 2Ti.2:11, Tit.1:9 3:8, Rev.21:5 22:6. II. Act, believing, trusting, relying: Act.16:1, 2Co.6:15, Gal.3:9, 1Ti.4:10 5:16 6:2, Tit.1:6, Rev.17:14; pl, Act.10:45, 1Ti.4:3 4:12; opposite to ἄπιστος, Jhn.20:27; π. εἰς θεόν, 1Pe.1:21; π. ποιεῖν, III Jn 5. (On the difficulty of choosing in some cases between the active and the passive meaning, see Lft, Gal., 157.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πιστός
Transliteration:
pistos
Gloss:
faithful
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective OR Adverb
Definition:
πιστός, ή, όν, (πείθω): B) passive, to be trusted or believed: B.I) of persons, faithful, trusty, ἑταῖρος [Refs 8th c.BC+]: comparative -ότερος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative πιστότατος [Refs 8th c.BC+] a trusted friend of P, Ergias cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ πιστοί, in Persia, trusty councillors, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τάδε Περσῶν πιστὰ καλεῖται [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2) trustworthy, worthy of credit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, - τῶς καὶ ἀδόλως [Refs] B.I.3) genuine, π. Ἀταλάντης γόνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Θηρικλέους π. τέκνον, of a cup, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; unmistakable, νόσοι πονηραὶ καὶ π. [LXX] B.II) of things, trustworthy, sure, ὅρκια π. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τέκμαρ τῶνδε, τεκμήρια, μαντεῖα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκέτι πιστὰ γυναιξίν no longer can one trust women, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔχοντες τὴν ἐλπίδα. πιστὴν ἔτι no longer having such hope as could be relied on, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπόληψις ἡ πιστοτάτη, of knowledge, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) deserving belief, credible, π. καὶ οἰκότα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιθανὸν καὶ π. [Refs] B.III) πιστόν, τό, as substantive, pledge, security, warrant, τὸ π. τῆς ἀληθείας [Refs 5th c.BC+] its honesty, [Refs]; τὸ π. ἔχοντες. κἂν περιγενέσθαι feeling confidence that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ θεῶν, of oaths, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐδώκαμεν καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστά we gave and received pledges, with future infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) active, believing, relying on, τινι [Refs 6th c.BC+]; trustful, τῆς ἐλευθερίας τὸ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) obedient, loyal, τὴν τῶν Ἀθηναίων χώραν οἰκείαν καὶ π. ποιήσασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) faithful, believing, [NT] C) adverb πιστῶς with good faith, μὴ π. καταμαρτυρηθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; loyally, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: comparative -οτέρως [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) persuasively, in comparative, πιστότερον ἢ ἀληθέστερον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; credibly, demonstrably, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; unmistakably, κριθῆναι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.3) with disposition to believe, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: comparative, πιστότερον πρὸς ἐκείνους ἢ πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς διακείμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πιστός
Transliteration:
pistós
Pronounciation:
pis-tos'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful; believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true; from g3982 (πείθω)
